LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75enum class ExceptionHandling : int;
76class FastISel;
78class GlobalValue;
79class Loop;
81class IntrinsicInst;
82class IRBuilderBase;
83struct KnownBits;
84class LLVMContext;
86class MachineFunction;
87class MachineInstr;
89class MachineLoop;
91class MCContext;
92class MCExpr;
93class Module;
96class TargetMachine;
97class MCRegisterClass;
101class Value;
102class VPIntrinsic;
103
104namespace Sched {
105
107 None, // No preference
108 Source, // Follow source order.
109 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
110 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
111 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
112 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
113 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
114 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
115 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
116};
117
118} // end namespace Sched
119
120// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
121struct MemOp {
122private:
123 enum class MemOpKind {
124 Memset,
125 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
126 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
127 // not overlap
128 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
129 // need to be loaded
130 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
131 // overlap
132 };
133
134 // Shared
135 uint64_t Size;
136 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
137 // constraint.
138 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
139
140 bool IsVolatile;
141 MemOpKind Kind;
142 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
143 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
144public:
145 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
146 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
147 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
148 MemOp Op;
149 Op.Size = Size;
150 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
151 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
152 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
153 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
154 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
155 return Op;
156 }
157
158 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
159 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
160 MemOp Op;
161 Op.Size = Size;
162 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
163 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
164 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
165 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
166 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
167 return Op;
168 }
169
170 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
171 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
172 MemOp Op;
173 Op.Size = Size;
174 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
175 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
176 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
177 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
178 return Op;
179 }
180
181 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
183 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
184 return DstAlign;
185 }
186 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
187 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
188 bool isMemset() const {
189 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
190 }
191 bool isMemcpy() const {
192 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
193 }
194 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
195 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
197 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
198 }
199 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
200 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
202 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
203 return SrcAlign;
204 }
205 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
206 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
207 }
208 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
209 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
210 }
211 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
212 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
213 }
214};
215
216/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
217/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
219public:
220 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
221 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
223 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
224 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
225 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
226 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
227 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
228 };
229
230 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
231 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
233 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
234 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
235 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
236 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
237 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
238 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
239 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
240 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
241 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
242 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
243 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
244 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
245 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
246 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
247 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
248 // better to be widened or promoted.
249 };
250
251 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
252 /// in order to type-legalize it.
253 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
254
255 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
257 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
258 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
259 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
260 };
261
262 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
264 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
265 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
266 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
267 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
268 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
269 };
270
271 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
272 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
273 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
274 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
276 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
277 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
278 // floating-point to integer type.
279 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
280 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
281 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
282 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
283 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
284 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
285 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
286 // operations; used by X86.
287 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
288 // operations; used by X86.
289 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
290 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
291
292 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
293 // environment.
295 };
296
297 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
298 enum class MulExpansionKind {
299 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
300 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
301 // or custom.
302 };
303
304 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
305 enum class NegatibleCost {
306 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
307 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
308 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
309 };
310
311 /// Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
313 Free = 0, // Lowers to no instruction at all, e.g. a subregister copy.
314 Cheap = 1, // Lowers to at most one instruction, and may still be free if
315 // the target can fold the extract into the instruction
316 // consuming it (e.g. a widening op that reads the high half of
317 // a register).
318 Expensive = 2 // Needs a shuffle sequence that cannot be folded away.
319 };
320
321 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
322 /// (setcc ...)).
324 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
325 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
326 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
327 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
328 };
329
331 public:
334 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
336 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
338 bool IsSExt : 1;
339 bool IsZExt : 1;
340 bool IsNoExt : 1;
341 bool IsInReg : 1;
342 bool IsSRet : 1;
343 bool IsNest : 1;
344 bool IsByVal : 1;
345 bool IsByRef : 1;
346 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
348 bool IsReturned : 1;
349 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
350 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
351 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
353 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
354 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
355
362
366 setExtAttribute(ExtAttr);
367 }
368
371 : ArgListEntry(nullptr, Node, Ty) {
372 setExtAttribute(ExtAttr);
373 }
374
375 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
376 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const AttributeList &Attrs, unsigned ArgIdx);
377 LLVM_ABI void setExtAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Attr);
378 };
379 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
380
382 switch (Content) {
384 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
385 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
387 // Extend by adding zero bits.
388 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
390 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
391 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
392 }
393 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
394 }
395
396 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
397 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
401
402 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
403 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
404 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
405 }
406
407protected:
408 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
409 void initActions();
410
411public:
412 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
413
414 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
415
416 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
417 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
418 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
419 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
420 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
421 }
422
423 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
424 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
425 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
426 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
427 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
428 }
429
430 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
431 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
433 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
434 }
435
436 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
437 /// address space specified through the data layout.
439 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
440 }
441
442 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
443 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
444 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
445 return getPointerTy(DL);
446 }
447
448 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
449 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
450 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
451 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
452
453 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
454 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
455 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
456 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
457 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
458
459 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
460 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
462 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
463 return ShiftValueTy;
464 }
465
466 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
467 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
468 /// pointer.
469 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
470 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
471 }
472
473 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
474 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
475 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
479
480 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
481 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
482 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
485 }
486
487 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
488 /// ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
489 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
490 /// to any larger type.
491 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
492
493 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
494 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
495 /// implementation does nothing.
499
500 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
501 /// The default implementation does nothing.
506
507 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
508 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
509 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
511 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
512 const DataLayout &DL) const;
513 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
514 const DataLayout &DL) const;
516 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
517
518 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
519 return true;
520 }
521
522 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
523 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
524 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
525 return true;
526 }
527
528 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
529 bool IsScalable) const {
530 return true;
531 }
532
533 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
534 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
535 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
536 bool ZeroIsPoison,
537 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
538
539 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
540 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
541 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
542 return true;
543 }
544
545 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
546 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
547 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
548 /// integer compare.
549 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
550 return true;
551 }
552
553 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
554 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
555 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
556 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
557 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
558 /// result of a comparison.
559 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
560
561 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
562 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
563
564 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
567 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
569 return TypeScalarizeVector;
570 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
571 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
572 return TypeWidenVector;
573 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
574 return TypePromoteInteger;
575 }
576
577 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
578 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
579 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
580 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
581 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
582
583 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
584 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
585 // them together.
586 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
587 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
588 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
589 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
590 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
591 // provided.
592 virtual bool
594 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
595 return DefinedValues < 3;
596 }
597
598 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
599 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
600 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
601 /// for speed or for size.
602 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
603
604 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
605 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
606 return true;
607 }
608
609 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
610 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
611 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
612 return false;
613 }
614
615 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
620 };
621
622 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
623 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
624 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
625 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
626 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, const Function &F) const;
627
628 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
629 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
630 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
631 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
632 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
633
634 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
635 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
636 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
637 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
638 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
639
640 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
641 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
642 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
643 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
644 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
645
646 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
647 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
648
649 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
650 /// fast types
652 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
653 }
654
655 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
656 /// avoided.
657 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
658
659 // Costs parameters used by
660 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
661 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
662 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
663 // be split into two branches or left as one.
664 //
665 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
666 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
667 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
668 // they will be split.
669 //
670 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
671 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
672 //
673 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
674 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
675 //
676 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
677 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
683 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
684 // or split them into two separate branches.
685 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
686 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
687 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
688 // Arg3: The containing function.
689 virtual CondMergingParams
691 const Value *, const Function *) const {
692 // -1 will always result in splitting.
693 return {-1, -1, -1};
694 }
695
696 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
697 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
701
702 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
703 return false;
704 }
705
706 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
707 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
708 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
709 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
710 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
711 /// dag combiner.
712 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
713 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
714 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
715
716 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
717 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
718 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
719 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
720 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
721 // Default to the same logic as loads.
722 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
723 }
724
725 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
726 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
727 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
728 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
729 unsigned NumElem,
730 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
731 return IsZero;
732 }
733
734 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
735 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
736 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
737 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
738 return true;
739 }
740
741 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
742 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
743 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
744 return true;
745 }
746
747 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
748 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
749 return false;
750 }
751
752 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
753 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
754 return false;
755 }
756
757 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
758 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
759 return false;
760 }
761
762 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
763 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
764 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
765 }
766
767 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
768 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
769 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
770 return 1;
771 }
772
773 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
774 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
775 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
776
777 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
778 /// gen prepare.
779 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
780
781 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
782 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
783 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
784 return false;
785 }
786
787 /// Return if the target supports combining a
788 /// chain like:
789 /// \code
790 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
791 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
792 /// \endcode
793 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
794 /// \code
795 /// cc = test %register, #mask
796 /// \endcode
797 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
798 return false;
799 }
800
801 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
802 virtual bool
804 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
805 return true;
806 }
807
808 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
809 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
810 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
811 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
812 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
813 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
814 return false;
815 }
816
817 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
818 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
819 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
820 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
821 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
822 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
824 }
825
826 /// Return true if the target should transform:
827 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
828 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
829 ///
830 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
831 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
832 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
833 ///
834 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
835 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
836 /// predicate, for example:
837 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
838 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
839 return false;
840 }
841
842 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
843 /// X = ~A & B
844 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
845 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
846 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
847 // it has this operation too.
848 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
849 }
850
851 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
852 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
853 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
854 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
855 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
856
857 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
858 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
859 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
860 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
861 /// Return false if there is no preference.
863 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
864 return false;
865 }
866
867 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
868 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
869 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
870 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
871 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
872 return true;
873 }
874
875 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
876 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
877 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
878 /// Into it's more traditional form:
879 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
880 /// Return true if we should transform.
881 /// Return false if there is no preference.
883 unsigned KeptBits) const {
884 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
885 return false;
886 }
887
888 /// Given the pattern
889 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
890 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
891 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
892 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
893 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
894 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
897 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
898 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
899 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
900 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
901 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
902 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
903
904 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
905 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
906 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
907
908 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
909 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
910 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
911 }
912
913 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
914 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
915 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
916 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
917 return !XC;
918 }
919
920 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
921 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
922 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
923 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
924 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
925 //
926 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
927 // equals.
928 //
929 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
930 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
931 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
933 SDValue IntPow2) const {
934 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
935 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
936 }
937
938 // Given:
939 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
940 // or
941 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, C1))
942
943 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
944 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
945 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
946 // Note: It's only valid to convert between the rotate and shift versions iff
947 // the shift-amt (`C1`) divides the bit width.
948 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
950 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
951 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
952 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
953 return ShiftOpc;
954 }
955
956 /// These two forms are equivalent:
957 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
958 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
959 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
960 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
961 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
962 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
963 return true;
964 }
965
966 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
967 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
968 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
969 return true;
970 }
971
972 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
973 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
974
975 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
976 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
977 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
978 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
979 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
980 return true;
981 }
982
983 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
984 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
985 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
987
988 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
989 /// Idx).
990 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
991 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
992 unsigned &Cost) const {
993 return false;
994 }
995
996 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
997 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
998 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
999 /// this is true.
1001 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
1002 return false;
1003 }
1004
1005 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
1006 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
1007 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
1008 return false;
1009 }
1010
1011 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1012 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1013 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1014 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1015
1016 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1017 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1018 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1019 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1020
1021 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1022 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1023 EVT VT) const;
1024
1025 /// Return the integer type returned by comparison libcalls. Comparison
1026 /// libcalls include floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered
1027 /// check calls on floating point numbers.
1029 return Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx);
1030 }
1031
1032 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1033 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1034 ///
1035 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1036 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1037 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1038 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1039 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1040 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1041 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1042 ///
1043 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1044 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1045 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1046 if (isVec)
1047 return BooleanVectorContents;
1048 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1049 }
1050
1052 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1053 }
1054
1055 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1056 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1057 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1058 ///
1059 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1061 EVT ValVT) const {
1062 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1063 EVT BoolVT =
1064 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1066 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1067 }
1068
1069 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1071 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1072 }
1073
1074 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1075 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1076 /// the given node.
1078 return Sched::None;
1079 }
1080
1081 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1082 /// type.
1083 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1084 (void)isDivergent;
1085 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1086 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1087 return RC;
1088 }
1089
1090 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1091 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1092 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1094 const Value *) const {
1095 return false;
1096 }
1097
1098 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1099 /// type.
1100 ///
1101 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1102 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1103 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1104 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1105 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1106 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1107 return RC;
1108 }
1109
1110 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1111 /// value type.
1113 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1114 }
1115
1116 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1117 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1123 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1125 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1126 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1129 }
1130
1131 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1132 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1133 /// promotions or expansions.
1134 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1135 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1136 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1137 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1138 }
1139
1141 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1142 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1143 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1144
1145 public:
1146 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1147
1149 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1150 }
1151
1153 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1154 }
1155 };
1156
1158 return ValueTypeActions;
1159 }
1160
1161 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1162 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1163 ///
1164 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1165 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1166 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1167 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1168 ///
1169 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1170 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1171 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1172 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1173 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1174 /// integer type to transform to.
1175 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1176
1177 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1178 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1179 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1180 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1182 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1183 }
1185 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1186 }
1187
1188 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1189 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1190 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1191 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1192 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1193 /// to transform to.
1194 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1195 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1196 }
1197
1198 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1199 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1201 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1202 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1203 VT = LegalVT;
1204 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1205 }
1206 return LegalVT;
1207 }
1208
1209 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1210 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1211 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1212 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1213 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1214 assert(!VT.isVector());
1215 while (true) {
1216 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1217 case TypeLegal:
1218 return VT;
1219 case TypeExpandInteger:
1220 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1221 break;
1222 default:
1223 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1224 }
1225 }
1226 }
1227
1228 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1229 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1230 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1231 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1232 ///
1233 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1234 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1235 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1237 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1238 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1239 MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1240 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1241 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1242 /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1243 }
1244
1245 /// Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken
1246 /// down into legal vector parts instead of scalars for internal values.
1248 return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const {
1252 return preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() && !ForCallingConv &&
1253 VT.isFixedLengthVector() &&
1255 }
1256
1257 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1258 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1259 /// vector type is legal.
1261 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1262 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1263 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1264 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1265 /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1266 }
1267
1269 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1270 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1271
1272 // value representing memory location
1274
1275 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1276 // unknown address space.
1277 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1278
1279 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1280 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1281 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1282 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1283
1288 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1289 };
1290
1291 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1292 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1293 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1294 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1295 /// access multiple memory locations.
1297 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1298 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1299
1300 /// How the legalizer should materialize a floating-point immediate.
1301 enum class FPImmAction {
1302 /// The target can instruction select the immediate natively.
1304 /// Build the immediate as a bitcast of an integer constant with the same
1305 /// bits.
1307 /// Load the immediate from the constant pool.
1309 };
1310
1311 /// Returns how the legalizer should materialize the specified FP immediate.
1312 virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1313 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1315 }
1316
1317 /// Returns true if the specified FP immediate can be materialized without a
1318 /// load from the constant pool.
1319 bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &Imm, EVT VT,
1320 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1321 return getFPImmAction(Imm, VT, ForCodeSize) != FPImmAction::ConstantPool;
1322 }
1323
1324 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1325 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1326 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1327 /// legal.
1328 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1329 return true;
1330 }
1331
1332 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1333 ///
1334 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1335 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1336 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1337
1338 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1339 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1340 /// constant pool entry.
1342 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1343 return false;
1344 }
1345
1346 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1348 return Legal;
1349 }
1350
1351 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1352 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1353 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1355 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1356 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1357 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1358 return Custom;
1359 if (VT.isExtended())
1360 return Expand;
1361 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1362 }
1363
1364 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1365 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1366 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1367 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1368 unsigned Scale) const {
1369 return false;
1370 }
1371
1372 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1373 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1374 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1375 /// depend on scale.
1377 unsigned Scale) const {
1378 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1379 if (Action != Legal)
1380 return Action;
1381
1382 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1383 // scales.
1384 bool Supported;
1385 switch (Op) {
1386 default:
1387 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1388 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1389 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1390 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1391 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1392 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1393 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1394 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1395 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1396 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1397 break;
1398 }
1399
1400 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1401 }
1402
1403 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1404 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1406 unsigned EqOpc;
1407 switch (Op) {
1408 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1409#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1410 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1411#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1412 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1413#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1414 }
1415
1416 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1417 }
1418
1419 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1420 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1421 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1422 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1424 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1425 if (LegalOnly)
1426 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1427
1428 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1429 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1430 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1431 }
1432
1433 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1434 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1435 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1436 /// pre and post legalisation.
1438 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1439 if (LegalOnly)
1440 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1441
1442 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1443 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1444 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1445 }
1446
1447 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1448 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1449 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1450 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1452 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1453 if (LegalOnly)
1454 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1455
1456 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1457 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1458 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1459 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1460 }
1461
1462 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1463 /// the type is legal or not.
1464 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1465 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1466 }
1467
1468 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1469 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1470 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1471 return false;
1472
1473 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1475 }
1476
1477 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1478 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1479 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1480 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1481 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1482 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1483 return Range <= BW;
1484 }
1485
1486 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1487 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1488 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1490 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1491
1492 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1493 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1494 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1495
1496 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1497 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1498 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1499 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1500 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1503 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1504 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1505 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1506 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1507 // build bit tests.
1508
1509 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1510 // machine word.
1511 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1512 return false;
1513
1514 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1515 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1516 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1517 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1518 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1519 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1520 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1521 }
1522
1523 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1524 // be Arch Target specific.
1525 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1526 return false;
1527
1528 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1529 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1530 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1531 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1532 // better.
1533 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1534 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1535 }
1536
1537 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1538 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1539 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1540 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1541 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1542 }
1543
1544 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1545 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1546 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1547 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1548 }
1549
1550 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1551 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1552 }
1553
1554 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1555 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1556 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1557 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1558 /// types.
1559 virtual LegalizeAction
1560 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1561 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1563 }
1564
1565 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1566 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1567 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1568 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1569 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1570 bool Atomic) const {
1571 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1572 return Expand;
1573 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1574 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1576 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1577 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1578
1579 LegalizeAction Action;
1580 if (Atomic) {
1581 Action =
1582 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1583 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1584 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1585 } else {
1586 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1587 }
1588
1589 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1590 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1591 Atomic);
1592 }
1593
1594 return Action;
1595 }
1596
1597 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1598 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1599 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1600 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1601 Legal;
1602 }
1603
1604 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1605 /// on this target.
1606 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1607 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1608 bool Atomic) const {
1609 LegalizeAction Action =
1610 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1611 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1612 }
1613
1614 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1615 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1616 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1617 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1618 /// types.
1620 Align Alignment,
1621 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1623 }
1624
1625 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1626 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1627 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1629 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1630 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1631 return Expand;
1632 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1633 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1635 "Table isn't big enough!");
1636
1637 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1638
1639 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1640 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1641 }
1642
1643 return Action;
1644 }
1645
1646 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1647 /// target.
1648 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1649 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1650 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1651 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1652 }
1653
1654 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1655 /// target.
1656 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1657 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1658 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1659 return false;
1660
1661 LegalizeAction Action =
1662 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1663 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1664 }
1665
1666 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1667 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1668 if (LegalOnly)
1669 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1670
1671 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1672 }
1673
1674 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1675 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1676 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1677 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1678 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1679 }
1680
1681 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1682 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1683 return VT.isSimple() &&
1684 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1685 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1686 }
1687
1688 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1689 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1690 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1691 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1692 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1693 }
1694
1695 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1696 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1697 return VT.isSimple() &&
1698 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1699 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1700 }
1701
1702 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1703 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1704 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1705 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1706 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1707 }
1708
1709 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1710 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1711 return VT.isSimple() &&
1712 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1714 }
1715
1716 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1717 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1718 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1719 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1720 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1721 }
1722
1723 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1724 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1725 return VT.isSimple() &&
1726 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1728 }
1729
1730 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1731 /// extending
1732 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1733
1734 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1735 // on this target.
1736 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1737 return false;
1738 }
1739
1740 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1741 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1742 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1744 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1745 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1746 // element size.
1747 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1748 return false;
1749 return true;
1750 }
1751
1752 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1753 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1754 /// expander for it.
1757 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1758 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1759 "Table isn't big enough!");
1760 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1761 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1762 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1763 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1764 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1765 return Action;
1766 }
1767
1768 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1769 /// the specified types on this target.
1770 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1771 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1772 }
1773
1774 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1775 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1777 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1778 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1779 }
1780
1781 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1782 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1783 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1784 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1786 EVT InputVT) const {
1789 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1790 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1791 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1792 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1793 }
1794
1795 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1796 /// legal or custom for this target.
1798 EVT InputVT) const {
1799 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1800 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1801 }
1802
1803 /// Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1804 /// given interleave factor and VT should be handled.
1806 EVT VT) const {
1808 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1809 auto It = VectorInterleaveActions.find(Key);
1810 return It != VectorInterleaveActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1811 }
1812
1813 /// Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1814 /// given interleave factor and fragment type is legal or custom.
1815 bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor,
1816 EVT VT) const {
1817 LegalizeAction Action = getVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT);
1818 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1819 }
1820
1821 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1822 /// ValueType to promote to.
1823 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1825 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1826
1827 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1828 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1830 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1831 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1832
1833 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1834 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1835
1836 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1837 MVT NVT = VT;
1838 do {
1839 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1840 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1841 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1842 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1843 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1844 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1845 return NVT;
1846 }
1847
1849 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1850 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1851 }
1852
1853 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1854 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1855 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1856 /// otherwise it will assert.
1858 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1859 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1860 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1861 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1862
1863 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1864 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1865 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1866 EVT EltVT;
1867 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1868 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1869 else
1870 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1871 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1872 }
1873
1874 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1875 }
1876
1878 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1879 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1880 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1881 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1882
1883 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1884 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1885 EVT EltVT;
1886 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1887 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1888 else
1889 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1890 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1891 }
1892
1893 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1894 }
1895
1896
1897 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1899 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1900 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1901 }
1902
1903 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1904 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1905 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1906
1907 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1908 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1909 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1910 }
1911
1912 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1913 /// require.
1914 ///
1915 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1916 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1917 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1918 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1919 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1920 ///
1921 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1922 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1923 virtual unsigned
1925 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1926 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1927 }
1928
1929 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1930 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1931 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1933 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1934 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1935 }
1936
1937 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1938 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1939 /// integer register set.
1941 CallingConv::ID CC,
1942 EVT VT) const {
1943 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1944 }
1945
1946 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1947 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1949 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1950 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1951 }
1952
1953 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1954 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1955 /// reduce runtime.
1956 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1957
1958 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1959 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1960 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1961 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1962 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1964 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1965 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1966 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1967 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1968 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1969 return false;
1970
1971 return true;
1972 }
1973
1974 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1975 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1976 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1977
1978 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1979 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1980 /// size.
1982 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1983 }
1984
1985 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1986 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1987 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1989 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1990 }
1991
1992 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1993 /// perform for the specified node.
1995 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1996 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1997 }
1998
2001 }
2002
2003 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
2004 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
2005 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
2006 }
2007
2008 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
2009 ///
2010 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2011 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
2012 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2013 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2014 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
2015
2016 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
2017 ///
2018 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2019 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
2020 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2021 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2022 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
2023
2024 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2025 ///
2026 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2027 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2028 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2029 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2031 }
2032
2033 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2034 ///
2035 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2036 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2037 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2038 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2039 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2041 }
2042
2043 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2044 ///
2045 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2046 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2047 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2048 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2049 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2050
2051 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2052 ///
2053 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2054 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2055 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2056 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2057 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2058 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2059 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2060 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2062 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2064 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2065 return false;
2066 }
2067
2068 /// LLT handling variant.
2070 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2072 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2073 return false;
2074 }
2075
2076 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2077 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2078 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2079 /// access (as defined by the target).
2080 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2081 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2082 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2084 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2085
2086 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2087 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2088 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2089 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2090 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2091 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2092 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2093 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2094
2095 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2096 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2097 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2098 /// the target).
2099 virtual bool
2100 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2101 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2103 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2104
2105 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2106 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2107 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2108 /// target).
2109 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2110 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2111 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2112
2113 /// LLT handling variant.
2114 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2115 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2116 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2117
2118 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2119 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2120 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2121 /// target-independent logic.
2122 virtual EVT
2124 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2125 return MVT::Other;
2126 }
2127
2128 /// LLT returning variant.
2129 virtual LLT
2131 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2132 return LLT();
2133 }
2134
2135 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2136 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2137 ///
2138 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2139 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2140 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2141 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2142 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2143
2144 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2145 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2146
2147 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2148 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2149
2150 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2151 /// Zero if no limit.
2152 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2153
2154 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2155
2156 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2157 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2158
2159 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2160 /// scalable vectors.
2162 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2163 }
2164
2165 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2166 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2168 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2169 }
2170
2171 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2172 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2173 virtual Register
2175 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2176 return Register();
2177 }
2178
2179 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2180 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2181 virtual Register
2183 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2184 return Register();
2185 }
2186
2187 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2188 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2189 }
2190
2191 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2193 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2194 }
2195
2196 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2197 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2198
2199 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2200 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2201
2202 /// Return the preferred loop alignment. \p BlockToAlign, when non-null, is
2203 /// the block that will actually be aligned; after loop rotation this need not
2204 /// be the LoopInfo header. Targets whose alignment depends on the block
2205 /// contents should use it. Callers that are not aligning a particular block,
2206 /// such as llvm-exegesis and ARM constant islands, leave it null.
2207 virtual Align
2208 getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr,
2209 const MachineBasicBlock *BlockToAlign = nullptr) const;
2210
2211 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2212 /// alignment
2213 virtual unsigned
2214 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2215
2216 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2217 /// MinSize).
2218 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2219
2220 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2221 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2222 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2223 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2224 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2225 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2226
2227 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2228 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2229 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2230 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2231
2232 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2233 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2234 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2235 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2236 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2237
2238 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2239 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2240 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2241 /// if this returns true.
2242 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2243
2244 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2245 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2246 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2247 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2248 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2249 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2250
2251protected:
2252 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2253 bool UseTLS) const;
2254
2255public:
2256 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2257 virtual Value *
2258 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2259 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2260
2261 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2262 /// string if not applicable.
2263 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2264
2265 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2266
2268 return "";
2269 }
2270
2271 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2272 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2273 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2274 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(const DataLayout &DL, unsigned SrcAS,
2275 unsigned DestAS) const;
2276
2277 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2278 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2279 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2280 /// preferred alignment.
2281 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2282 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2283 return false;
2284 }
2285
2286 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2287 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2288 /// @{
2289
2290 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2291 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2292
2293 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2294 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2295 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2296
2297 /// @}
2298
2299 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2300 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2301 /// @{
2302
2303 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2304 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2305 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2306 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2308 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2309 }
2310
2311 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2312 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2314 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2315 }
2316
2317 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2318 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2320 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2321 }
2322
2323 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2324 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2325 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2326 ///
2327 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2328 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2329 /// require a more complex expansion.
2330 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2331
2332 /// Return true if the target supports an atomic access of \p SizeInBytes
2333 /// bytes at the given \p Alignment. The default implementation only allows
2334 /// naturally aligned atomics, unless setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(true) was
2335 /// called.
2336 virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment,
2337 uint64_t SizeInBytes) const {
2338 return SupportsUnalignedAtomics || Alignment.value() >= SizeInBytes;
2339 }
2340
2341 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2342 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2343 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2344 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2345 return false;
2346 }
2347
2348 /// Whether a fence between the load-linked and the store-conditional can
2349 /// clear the reservation. If true, AtomicExpandPass places the release fence
2350 /// of a weak cmpxchg before the load-linked. Defaults to false.
2351 virtual bool fenceClearsLoadLinkedReservation() const { return false; }
2352
2353 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2354 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2355 /// false.
2356 virtual bool
2358 return false;
2359 }
2360
2361 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2362 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2363 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2364 virtual AtomicOrdering
2368
2369 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2370 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2371 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2372 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2374 return true;
2375 }
2376
2377 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2378 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2379 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2380 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2381 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2382 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2383 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2384 }
2385
2386 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2387 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2389 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2390 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2391 }
2392
2393 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2394 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2395 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2396 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2398 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2399 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2400 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2401 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2402 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2403 }
2404
2405 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2406 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2407 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2408 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2410 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2411 }
2412
2413 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2414 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2416 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2417 }
2418
2419 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2420 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2422 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2423 }
2424
2425 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2427 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2428 }
2429
2430 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2431 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2432 /// stage by the backend.
2435 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2436 }
2437
2438 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2439 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2440 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2443 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2444 }
2445
2446 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2447 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2448 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2449 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2451 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2452 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2453 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2454 }
2455
2456 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2457 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2458 /// @{
2459
2462 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2463 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2464 }
2465
2466 /// @}
2467
2468 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2469 /// \name Speculative load lowering.
2470 /// @{
2471
2472 /// Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is
2473 /// safe. Returns a Value* representing the check result (i1), or nullptr
2474 /// to use the default lowering (which returns false). Targets can override
2475 /// to provide their own safety check (e.g., alignment-based page boundary
2476 /// check).
2477 /// \param Builder IRBuilder positioned at the intrinsic call site
2478 /// \param Ptr the pointer operand
2479 /// \param Size the size in bytes (constant or runtime value for scalable)
2481 Value *Size) const {
2482 return nullptr;
2483 }
2484
2485 /// @}
2486
2487 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2488 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2489 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2490 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2491 ///
2492 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2493 /// may be performed.
2494 ///
2495 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2496 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2497 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2498 ///
2499 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2500 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2501 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2502 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2503 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2504 /// seq_cst store).
2505 /// @{
2506 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2507 Instruction *Inst,
2508 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2509
2510 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2511 Instruction *Inst,
2512 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2513 /// @}
2514
2515 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2516 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2517 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2518 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2519 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2520 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2521 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2522
2523 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2524 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2525 return IsSigned;
2526 }
2527
2528 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2529 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2530 return true;
2531 }
2532
2533 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2534 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2538
2539 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2540 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2546
2547 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2548 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2549 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2553
2554 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2555 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2556 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2558 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2561 }
2562
2563 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2564 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2565 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2569
2570 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2571 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. By default, elementwise operations are expanded and
2572 /// floating-point operations use are expanded to a compare-exchange loop.
2573 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2575 if (RMW->isElementwise())
2577 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2579 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2582 }
2583
2584 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2585 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2586 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2588 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2589 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2590 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2591 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2593
2595 }
2596
2597 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2598 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2599 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2600 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2601 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2602 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2603 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2604 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2605 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2606 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2607 /// another round of expansion.
2608 virtual LoadInst *
2610 return nullptr;
2611 }
2612
2613 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2614 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2616 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2617 }
2618
2619 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2620 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2621 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2622 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2623 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2624 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2625 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2626 /// extension.
2628 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2629 }
2630
2631 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2632 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2634 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2635 }
2636
2637 /// @}
2638
2639 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2640 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2641 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2642 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2643 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2644 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2645 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2647 EVT CCVT) const {
2648 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2649 // operations on those registers.
2651 return false;
2652 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2653 // registers.
2654 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2655 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2656 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2657 }
2658
2659 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2660
2661 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2662 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2663 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2664 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2665 return false;
2666 }
2667
2668 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2669 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2670 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2671 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2672 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2674 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2675 return false;
2676 }
2677
2678 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2679 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2680 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2681 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2682 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2683 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2684 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2685 /// decide.
2686 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2688 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2689 return true;
2690 }
2691
2692 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2693 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2694 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2695 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2696 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2697 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2698 bool IsSigned) const {
2699 return false;
2700 }
2701
2702 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2703 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2704 /// considered beneficial.
2705 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2706 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2707 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2708 if (Exponent < 0)
2709 Exponent = -Exponent;
2710 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2711 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2712 }
2713
2714 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2715 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2716 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2717 //
2718protected:
2719 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2720 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2722 BooleanContents = Ty;
2723 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2724 }
2725
2726 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2727 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2729 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2730 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2731 }
2732
2733 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2734 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2736 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2737 }
2738
2739 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2741 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2742 }
2743
2744 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2745 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2746
2747 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2748 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2749 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2750
2751 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2752 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2753
2754 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2755 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2757 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2758 }
2759
2760 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2761 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2762 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2763 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2764 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2765 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2766 }
2767
2768 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2769 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2770 /// control.
2771 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2772
2773 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2774 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2775 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2776 }
2777
2778 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2779 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2780 /// that class natively.
2782 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2783 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2784 }
2785
2786 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2787 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2788 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2789 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2790
2791 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2792 /// derived properties we expose.
2793 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2794
2795 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2796 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2797 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2798 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2799 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2800 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2801 }
2803 LegalizeAction Action) {
2804 for (auto Op : Ops)
2805 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2806 }
2808 LegalizeAction Action) {
2809 for (auto VT : VTs)
2810 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2811 }
2812
2813 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2814 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2815 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2816 LegalizeAction Action) {
2817 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2818 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2819 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2820 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2821 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2822 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2823 }
2824 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2825 LegalizeAction Action) {
2826 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2827 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2828 }
2830 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2831 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2832 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2833 }
2834
2835 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2836 /// is legal.
2837 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2838 LegalizeAction Action) {
2839 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2840 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2841 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2842 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2843 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2844 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2845 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2846 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2847 }
2849 LegalizeAction Action) {
2850 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2851 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2852 }
2854 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2855 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2856 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2857 }
2858
2859 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2860 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2861 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2862 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2863 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2864 }
2865
2866 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2867 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2868 ///
2869 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2870 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2872 LegalizeAction Action) {
2873 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2874 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2875 }
2876
2878 LegalizeAction Action) {
2879 for (auto VT : VTs)
2880 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2881 }
2882
2883 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2884 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2885 ///
2886 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2887 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2889 LegalizeAction Action) {
2890 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2891 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2892 }
2893
2895 LegalizeAction Action) {
2896 for (auto VT : VTs)
2897 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2898 }
2899
2900 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2901 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2902 ///
2903 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2904 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2905 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2906 LegalizeAction Action) {
2907 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2908 }
2909
2910 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2911 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2912 ///
2913 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2914 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2915 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2916 LegalizeAction Action) {
2917 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2918 }
2919
2920 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2921 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2923 LegalizeAction Action) {
2924 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2925 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2926 "Table isn't big enough!");
2927 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2928 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2929 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2930 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2931 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2932 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2933 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2934 }
2935 }
2937 LegalizeAction Action) {
2938 for (auto VT : VTs)
2939 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2940 }
2941
2942 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2943 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2944 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2945 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2946 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2947 LegalizeAction Action) {
2950 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2951 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2952 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2953 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2954 }
2956 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2957 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2958 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2959 }
2960
2961 /// Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
2962 /// given interleave factor Factor and type VT should be treated.
2963 void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT,
2964 LegalizeAction Action) {
2966 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.SimpleTy};
2967 VectorInterleaveActions[Key] = Action;
2968 }
2969
2971 ArrayRef<unsigned> Factors, MVT VT,
2972 LegalizeAction Action) {
2973 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2974 for (unsigned Factor : Factors)
2975 setVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT, Action);
2976 }
2977
2978 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2979 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2980 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2981 /// the default.
2982 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2983 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2984 }
2985
2986 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2987 /// in a single call.
2988 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2989 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2990 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2991 }
2993 MVT DestVT) {
2994 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2995 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2996 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2997 }
2998 }
2999
3000 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
3001 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
3002 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
3004 for (auto NT : NTs) {
3005 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
3006 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
3007 }
3008 }
3009
3010 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
3012 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
3013 }
3014
3015 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
3016 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
3018 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
3019 }
3020
3021 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
3022 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
3023 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
3024 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
3025 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
3026 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
3027 }
3028
3029 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
3031 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
3032 }
3033
3034 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
3035 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
3036 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
3037 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
3038 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3039 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
3040 }
3041
3042 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
3043 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3044 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3045 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3046 }
3047
3048 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
3049 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3050 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3051 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3052 }
3053
3054 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
3055 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3056 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
3057 }
3058
3059 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
3060 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
3061 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
3062 }
3063
3064public:
3065 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3066 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
3067 //
3068
3069 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
3070 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
3071 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
3072 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
3073 /// load/store.
3074 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
3075 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
3076 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
3077 return false;
3078 }
3079
3080 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
3081 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
3082 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
3083 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
3084 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3085 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3086 /// no scale.
3087 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3088 struct AddrMode {
3090 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3091 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3092 int64_t Scale = 0;
3093 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3094 AddrMode() = default;
3095 };
3096
3097 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3098 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3099 ///
3100 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3101 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3102 /// pre/postinc as well.
3103 ///
3104 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3105 ///
3106 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3107 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3108 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3109 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3110
3111 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3112 /// storage (TLS).
3113 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3114 return false;
3115 }
3116
3117 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3118 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3119 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3120 return 0;
3121 }
3122
3123 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3124 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3125 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3126 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3127 return true;
3128 }
3129
3130 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3131 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3132 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3133 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3134 return true;
3135 }
3136
3137 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3138 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3139 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3140 /// immediate into a register.
3141 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3142
3143 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3144 /// store instruction.
3145 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3146 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3147 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3148 return Value == 0;
3149 }
3150
3151 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3152 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3153 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3154 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3155 /// registers.
3157 return nullptr;
3158 }
3159
3160 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3161 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3162 /// 'To'.
3163 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3164 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3165 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3166 }
3167
3168 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3169 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3170 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3171 switch (Opcode) {
3172 case ISD::ADD:
3173 case ISD::SMIN:
3174 case ISD::SMAX:
3175 case ISD::UMIN:
3176 case ISD::UMAX:
3177 case ISD::MUL:
3178 case ISD::CLMUL:
3179 case ISD::CLMULH:
3180 case ISD::CLMULR:
3181 case ISD::MULHU:
3182 case ISD::MULHS:
3183 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3184 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3185 case ISD::FADD:
3186 case ISD::FMUL:
3187 case ISD::AND:
3188 case ISD::OR:
3189 case ISD::XOR:
3190 case ISD::SADDO:
3191 case ISD::UADDO:
3192 case ISD::ADDC:
3193 case ISD::ADDE:
3194 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3195 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3196 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3197 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3198 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3199 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3200 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3201 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3202 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3203 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3204 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3205 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3206 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3207 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3208 case ISD::ABDS:
3209 case ISD::ABDU:
3210 return true;
3211 default: return false;
3212 }
3213 }
3214
3215 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3216 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3217 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3218 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3219 return true;
3220 // These are non-commutative binops.
3221 switch (Opcode) {
3222 case ISD::SUB:
3223 case ISD::SHL:
3224 case ISD::SRL:
3225 case ISD::SRA:
3226 case ISD::ROTL:
3227 case ISD::ROTR:
3228 case ISD::SDIV:
3229 case ISD::UDIV:
3230 case ISD::SREM:
3231 case ISD::UREM:
3232 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3233 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3234 case ISD::AVGSUBFLOORS:
3235 case ISD::AVGSUBFLOORU:
3236 case ISD::FSUB:
3237 case ISD::FDIV:
3238 case ISD::FREM:
3239 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3240 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3241 return true;
3242 default:
3243 return false;
3244 }
3245 }
3246
3247 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3248 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3249 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3250 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3251 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3252 return false;
3253 }
3254
3255 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3256 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3257 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3258 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3259 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3260 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3261 return false;
3262 }
3263
3264 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3265 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3266 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3267 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3268 }
3269
3270 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3271 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3272 // Fallback to type matching.
3273 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3274 }
3275
3276 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3277
3278 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3279 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3280 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3281 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3282 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3283 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3284 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3285 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3286 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3287 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3288 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3289 case Instruction::FPExt:
3290 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3291 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3292 return true;
3293 break;
3294 case Instruction::ZExt:
3295 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3296 return true;
3297 break;
3298 case Instruction::SExt:
3299 break;
3300 default:
3301 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3302 }
3303 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3304 }
3305
3306 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3307 /// For example, in AArch64
3308 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3309 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3310 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3311 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3312 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3313 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3314 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3315 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3316
3317 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3318 // probably isn't free.
3319 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3320 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3321 return false;
3322
3323 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3324 unsigned LType;
3325 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3326 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3327 else {
3328 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3329 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3330 }
3331
3332 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3333 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3334 }
3335
3336 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3337 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3338 ///
3339 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3340 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3341 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3342 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3343 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3344 /// does not deal with those cases.
3345 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3346 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3347 return false;
3348 }
3349
3350 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3351 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3352 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3353 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3354 }
3355
3356 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3357 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3358 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3359 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3360 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3361 }
3362
3363 /// Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy. Usually true for
3364 /// scalar types when not trying to pack elements into vector lanes.
3365 virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3366 return !FromTy.isVector();
3367 }
3368
3369 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3370 /// zero-extension.
3371 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3372 return false;
3373 }
3374
3375 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3376 /// a larger type.
3377 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3378
3379 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3380 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3381 virtual bool
3383 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3384 return false;
3385 }
3386
3388 return false;
3389 }
3390
3391 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3392 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3393 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3394 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3395 ///
3396 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3397 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3398 /// paired load.
3399 /// For instance, something like this:
3400 /// a = load i64* addr
3401 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3402 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3403 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3404 /// will be optimized into:
3405 /// b = load i32* addr1
3406 /// d = load i32* addr2
3407 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3408 ///
3409 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3410 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3411 /// loads.
3412 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3413 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3414 return false;
3415 }
3416
3417 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3418 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3419
3420 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3421 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3422 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3423
3424 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3425 /// true on success.
3426 ///
3427 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3428 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3429 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3430 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3431 /// result is uncondiitional.
3432 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3433 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3434 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3435 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3436 /// accessed.
3439 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3440 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3441 return false;
3442 }
3443
3444 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3445 /// true on success.
3446 ///
3447 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3448 /// or a vp.store.
3449 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3450 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3451 /// result is unconditional.
3452 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3453 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3454 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3455 /// accessed.
3457 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3458 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3459 return false;
3460 }
3461
3462 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3463 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3464 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3465 ///
3466 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3467 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3468 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3469 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3470 /// accessed.
3472 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3473 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3474 return false;
3475 }
3476
3477 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3478 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3479 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3480 ///
3481 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3482 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3483 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3484 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3485 /// result is uncondiitional.
3486 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3487 virtual bool
3489 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3490 return false;
3491 }
3492
3493 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3494 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3495 /// double-precision).
3496 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3497 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3498 "invalid fpext types");
3499 return false;
3500 }
3501
3502 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3503 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3504 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3505 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3506 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3507 return false;
3508 }
3509
3510 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3511 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3512 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3513 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3514 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3515 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3516 "invalid fpext types");
3517 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3518 }
3519
3520 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3521 /// extend node) is profitable.
3522 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3523
3524 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3525 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3526 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3527 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3528 return false;
3529 }
3530
3531 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3532 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3533 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3534 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3535 return false;
3536 }
3537
3538 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3539 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3540 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3541 ///
3542 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3543 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3544 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3545 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3546 ///
3547 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3548 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3550 EVT) const {
3551 return false;
3552 }
3553
3554 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3555 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3556 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3557 ///
3558 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3559 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3560 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3561 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3563 LLT) const {
3564 return false;
3565 }
3566
3567 /// IR version
3568 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3569 return false;
3570 }
3571
3572 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3573 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3574 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3575 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3576 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3577 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3578 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3579 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3580 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3581 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3582 case 16:
3583 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3584 case 32:
3585 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3586 case 64:
3587 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3588 default:
3589 break;
3590 }
3591
3592 return false;
3593 }
3594
3595 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3596 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3597 /// fadd/fsub.
3598 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3599 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3600 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3601 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3602 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3603 }
3604
3605 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3606 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3608 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3609 return false;
3610 }
3611
3612 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3613 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3614 /// i32 to i16.
3615 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3616 return false;
3617 }
3618
3619 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3620 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3621 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3622 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3623 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3624 SDValue X,
3625 SDValue Y) const {
3626 return false;
3627 }
3628
3629 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3630 /// just the constant itself.
3631 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3632 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3633 /// from a constant pool.
3635 Type *Ty) const {
3636 return false;
3637 }
3638
3639 /// Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type \p ResVT from a vector
3640 /// of type \p SrcVT, starting at element \p Index.
3641 ///
3642 /// Most callers only create a new EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR when the cost is at most
3643 /// ExtractSubvectorCost::Cheap. This hook exists because EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
3644 /// usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of the first
3645 /// element, so only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3647 unsigned Index) const {
3649 }
3650
3651 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3652 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3653 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3654 return false;
3655 }
3656
3657 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3658 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3659 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3660 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3661 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3662 return false;
3663 }
3664
3665 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3666 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3667 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3668 /// matching of other patterns.
3669 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3670 bool MathUsed) const {
3671 // Form it if it is legal.
3672 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3673 return true;
3674
3675 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3676 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3677 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3678 return false;
3679
3680 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3681 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3682 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3683 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3684 // concrete users.
3685 if (VT.isVector())
3686 return false;
3687 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3688 }
3689
3690 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3691 // for the given \p VT.
3693 EVT VT) const {
3694 return false;
3695 }
3696
3697 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3698 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3699 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3700 return false;
3701 }
3702
3703 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3704 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3705 // same blocks of its users.
3706 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3707
3708 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3709 /// amount is not profitable.
3710 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3711 return false;
3712 }
3713
3714 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3715 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3717 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3718 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3719 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3720 }
3721
3722 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3723 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3724 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3725
3726 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3727 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3728 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3729 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3730 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3731 }
3732
3733 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3735 return false;
3736 }
3737
3738 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3739 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3740 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3741 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3742 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3743 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3744 return false;
3745 }
3746
3747 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3748 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3750 EVT PtrVT) const {
3751 return false;
3752 }
3753
3754 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3755 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3756
3757 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3758 /// and type
3761 return false;
3762 }
3763
3764 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3765 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3766 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3767 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3768 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3769 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3770 EVT ToVT) const {
3771 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3772 return Op;
3773 switch (Op) {
3774 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3776 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3777 break;
3781 break;
3782 default:
3783 break;
3784 }
3785 return Op;
3786 }
3787
3788 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3789 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3790 /// returned.
3793 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3794 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3795 return nullptr;
3796 }
3797
3799 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3800 }
3801
3802 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3803
3804 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3805 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3806 }
3807
3808 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3809 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3810 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3811 }
3812
3813 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3814 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3815 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3816 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3817 }
3818
3819 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3823
3824 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3825
3826 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3827 /// implementation.
3829 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3830 }
3831
3832 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3833 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3835 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3836 }
3837
3838 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3839 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3840 /// the set of reserved registers.
3841 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3842 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3843
3844 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3845 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3846 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3847
3848 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3849 // GlobalISel Hooks
3850 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3851 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3852 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3853
3854
3855private:
3856 const TargetMachine &TM;
3857
3858 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3859 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3860 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3861 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3862 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3863
3864 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3865 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3866 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3867 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3868 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3869
3870 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3871 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3872 /// predication.
3873 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3874
3875 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3876 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3877 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3878
3879 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3880 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3881 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3882
3883 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3884 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3885 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3886
3887 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3888 /// register usage.
3889 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3890
3891 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3892 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3893
3894 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3895 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3896 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3897
3898 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3899 /// optimizing for speed).
3900 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3901
3902 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3903 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3904 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3905 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3906
3907 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3908 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3909 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3910
3911 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3912 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3913 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3914
3915 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3916 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3917 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3918 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3919
3920 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3921 /// backend supports.
3922 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3923
3924 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3925 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3926
3927 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3928 /// vectors.
3929 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3930
3931 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3932 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3933
3934 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3935 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3936 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3937
3938 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3939 /// target supports natively.
3940 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3941 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3942 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3943
3944 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3945 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3946 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3947 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3948 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3949 /// representative class would be GR32.
3950 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3951
3952 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3953 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3954 /// pressure.
3955 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3956
3957 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3958 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3959 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3960 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3961 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3962 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3963
3964 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3965 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3966 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3967 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3968 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3969 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3970
3971 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3972 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3973 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3974 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3975 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3976
3977 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3978 /// (default) values are supported.
3979 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3980
3981 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3982 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3983 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3984
3985 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3986 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3987 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3988 ///
3989 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3990 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3991 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3992
3993 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3994 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3995 ///
3996 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3997 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3998 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3999 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
4000
4002 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
4003 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
4004 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
4005 /// deal with this operation.
4006 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
4007
4009 std::tuple<unsigned, unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
4010 /// For each vector (de)interleave opcode, interleave factor and fragment
4011 /// type combination, keep the corresponding LegalizeAction.
4012 DenseMap<VectorInterleaveActionKey, LegalizeAction> VectorInterleaveActions;
4013
4014 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
4015
4016private:
4017 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
4018 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
4019 /// array.
4020 unsigned char
4021 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
4022
4023 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
4024 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
4025 /// array.
4026 ///
4027 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
4028 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
4029 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
4030 PromoteToType;
4031
4032 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
4033 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
4034
4035 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
4036 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
4037 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
4038
4039 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
4040 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
4041 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
4042 IMAB_Store = 0,
4043 IMAB_Load = 4,
4044 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
4045 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
4046 };
4047
4048 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
4049 LegalizeAction Action) {
4050 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
4051 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
4052 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4053 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
4054 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
4055 }
4056
4057 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
4058 unsigned Shift) const {
4059 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
4060 "Table isn't big enough!");
4061 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4062 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
4063 }
4064
4065 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4066 EVT &IntermediateVT,
4067 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4068 MVT &RegisterVT,
4069 bool ForCallingConv) const;
4070
4071 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownMVT(MVT VT, MVT &IntermediateVT,
4072 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4073 MVT &RegisterVT);
4074
4075 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
4076 MVT getCachedRegisterType(MVT VT) const {
4077 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
4078 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
4079 }
4080
4081 MVT getRegisterTypeImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4082 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4083 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4084 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv))
4085 return getCachedRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
4086 if (VT.isVector()) {
4087 EVT VT1;
4088 MVT RegisterVT;
4089 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4090 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates,
4091 RegisterVT, ForCallingConv);
4092 return RegisterVT;
4093 }
4094 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4095 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT),
4096 ForCallingConv);
4097 }
4098 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4099 }
4100
4101 unsigned getNumRegistersImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4102 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4103 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4104 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv)) {
4105 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
4106 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
4107 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
4108 }
4109 if (VT.isVector()) {
4110 EVT VT1;
4111 MVT VT2;
4112 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4113 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2,
4114 ForCallingConv);
4115 }
4116 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4117 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
4118 unsigned RegWidth =
4119 getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, ForCallingConv).getSizeInBits();
4120 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
4121 }
4122 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4123 }
4124
4125protected:
4126 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
4127 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
4128 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
4129 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
4130
4131 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
4132 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
4133 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
4134 /// expected to be merged.
4136
4137 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
4138 ///
4139 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
4140 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
4141 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4142 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
4143 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4144 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4145 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
4146 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
4148 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4150
4151 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4152 ///
4153 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4154 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4155 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4156 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4157 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4158 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4159 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4160 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4161 /// constant size.
4163 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4165 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4166 ///
4167 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4168 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4169 // vectorization later on.
4171
4172 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4173 ///
4174 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4175 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4176 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4177 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4178 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4179 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4180 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4181 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4182 /// constant size.
4184 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4186
4187 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4188 ///
4189 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4190 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4191 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4192 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4193 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4194 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4195 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4196 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4198 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4200
4201 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4202 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4204
4205 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4207
4208 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4209 /// register class are all legal.
4210 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4211 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4212
4213 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4214 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4216 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4217
4219};
4220
4221/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4222/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4223///
4224/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4225/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4227public:
4228 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4229 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4230
4233
4234 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4235 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4237
4238 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4239
4240 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4241 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4242 // enabled globally.
4243 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4244
4247 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4248 return false;
4249 }
4250
4251 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4252 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4253 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4254 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4255 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4256 // restrict common combiner.
4258 SDValue N1) const {
4259 return N0.hasOneUse();
4260 }
4261
4262 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4263 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4264 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4265 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4266 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4267 // restrict common combiner.
4269 Register N1) const {
4270 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4271 }
4272
4273 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4274 return false;
4275 }
4276
4277 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4278 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4279 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4280 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4281 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4282 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4283 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4284 return false;
4285 }
4286
4287 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4288 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4289 /// post-indexed load / store.
4290 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4291 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4292 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4293 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4294 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4295 return false;
4296 }
4297
4298 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4299 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4300 /// considered for transformation.
4302 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4303 return false;
4304 }
4305
4306 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4307 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4308 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4309
4310 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4311 return getPointerTy(DL);
4312 }
4313
4314 virtual const MCExpr *
4316 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4317 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4318 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4319 }
4320
4321 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4322 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4323 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4324
4325 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4326 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4327 virtual const MCExpr *
4328 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4329 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4330
4331 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4332 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4333 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4334
4335 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4336 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4337 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4338 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4339 ///
4340 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4341 /// lowering to a direct call.
4342 virtual bool
4344 unsigned OpNo) const {
4345 return false;
4346 }
4347
4349 SDValue &Chain) const;
4350
4351 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4352 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4353 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4354 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4355
4356 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4357 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4358 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4359 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4360 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4361
4363 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4364 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4365 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4366 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4367 }
4368
4370 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4371 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4372 SDValue Mask) const {
4373 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4374 }
4375
4376 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4377 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4378 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4379 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4380 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4381 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4382
4383 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4384 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4385 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4386 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4387 const SDLoc &dl,
4388 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4389 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4390 Chain);
4391 }
4392
4393 /// Build a call argument list for \p FuncTy, taking the argument node values
4394 /// from \p Ops and the parameter types and ABI attributes from \p FuncTy and
4395 /// \p FuncAttrs. \p Ops must have one entry per parameter of \p FuncTy.
4396 static ArgListTy getArgListForFunctionType(FunctionType *FuncTy,
4397 const AttributeList &FuncAttrs,
4399
4400 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4401 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4402 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4403 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4404 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4405 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4406 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4407
4408 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4409 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4410 //
4411
4412 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4413 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4414 /// combine.
4421
4423 bool LT, bool LO) :
4424 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4425
4426 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4427 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4428
4430 Old = O;
4431 New = N;
4432 return true;
4433 }
4434 };
4435
4436 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4437 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4438 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4439 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4440 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4441 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4442 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4443 /// it from MemOps.
4444 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4445 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4446 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4447 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4448 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4449 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4450
4451 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4452 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4453 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4454 /// true.
4456 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4457 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4458
4459 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4461 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4462
4463 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4464 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4465 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4467 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4468 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4469 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4470 return false;
4471 }
4472
4473 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4474 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4475 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4476 /// widening casts.
4477 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4478 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4479 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4480
4481 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4482 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4483 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4484 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4485 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4486 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4487 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4488 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4489 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4490 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4491 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4492 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4493 /// has multiple uses.
4494 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4495 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4496 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4497 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4498
4499 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4500 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4501 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4502 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4503 unsigned Depth = 0,
4504 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4505
4506 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4507 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4508 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4509 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4510
4511 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4512 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4513 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4514 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4515 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4516
4517 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4518 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4519 /// bitwise ops etc.
4520 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4521 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4522 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4523 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4524
4525 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4526 /// elements.
4527 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4528 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4529 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4530
4531 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4532 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4533 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4534 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4535 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4536 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4537
4538 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4539 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4540 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4541 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4542 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4543 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4544 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4545 /// in the DemandedMask.
4546 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4547 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4548 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4549 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4550 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4551 /// has multiple uses.
4552 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4553 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4554 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4555 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4556
4557 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4558 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4559 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4560 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4561
4562 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4563 /// converting them to undefs.
4564 virtual bool
4566 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4567 return true;
4568 }
4569
4570 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4571 /// returned size in bits by converting
4572 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4573 ///
4574 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4575 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4576 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4577 virtual unsigned
4579 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4580 return 0;
4581 }
4582
4583 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4584 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4585 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4586 /// requested vector elements.
4587 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4589 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4590 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4591 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4592
4593 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4594 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4595 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4596 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4597 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4599 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4600 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4601 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4602
4603 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4604 Register R,
4606 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4607 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4608 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4609
4610 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4611 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4612 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4613 /// independent from the known low bits.
4614 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4615 Register R,
4616 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4617 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4618
4619 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4620 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4621 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4622 const MachineFunction &MF,
4623 Align Alignment) const;
4624
4625 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4626 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4627 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4628 /// by the requested vector elements.
4629 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4630 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4631 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4632 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4633
4634 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4635 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4636 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4637 /// by the requested vector elements.
4638 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4639 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4640 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4641
4642 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4643 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4644 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4645 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4646 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4647 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4648 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4649 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4650
4651 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4652 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4653 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4654 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4655 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4656 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4657 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4658 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4660 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4661 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4662
4663 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4664 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4665 /// bitwise ops etc.
4666 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4667 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4668 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4669
4670 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4671 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4672 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4673 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4674 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4675 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4676
4677 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4678 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4679 /// vector elements.
4680 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4681 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4682 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4683
4684 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4685 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4686 /// function tries different variations.
4687 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4688 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4690 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4691
4692 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4693 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4694 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4695
4696 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4697 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4698 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4699 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4701 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4702 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4703 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4704
4705 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4706 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4707 /// NaN.
4708 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4709 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4710 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4711 bool SNaN = false,
4712 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4713
4714 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4715 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4716 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4717 APInt &UndefElts,
4718 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4719 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4720
4721 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4722 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4724 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4725 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4726 }
4727
4728 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4729 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4730 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4731 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4732
4734 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4737
4738 public:
4740
4741 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4742 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4743
4744 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4746 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4749
4750 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4751 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4752 bool AddTo = true);
4753 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4754 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4755 bool AddTo = true);
4756
4757 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4758
4759 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4760 };
4761
4762 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4763 /// from getBooleanContents().
4764 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4765
4766 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4767 /// from getBooleanContents().
4768 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4769
4770 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4771 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4772
4773 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4774 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4775 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4776 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4777 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4778
4779 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4780 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4781
4782 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4783 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4784 virtual bool
4785 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4786
4787 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4788 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4789 /// for.
4790 ///
4791 /// The semantics are as follows:
4792 /// Return Value:
4793 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4794 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4795 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4796 ///
4797 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4798 /// more complex transformations.
4799 ///
4800 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4801
4802 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4803 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4804 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4805 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4806 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4807 ///
4808 /// @param N the shift node
4809 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4811 CombineLevel Level) const {
4812 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4813 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4814 return false;
4815 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4816 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4817 return false;
4818 return true;
4819 }
4820
4821 /// fold (A + vscale(C1)) + vscale(C2) -> A + vscale(C1+C2)
4822 /// If (A + vscale(C1)) is used multiple times, the fold results in a
4823 /// redundant addition instruction on the RISC-V architecture, whereas it
4824 /// does not have this effect on other architectures (e.g. AArch64).
4825 /// By default, it returns true.
4826 virtual bool isProfitableToFoldVScaleAdd(SDValue N) const { return true; }
4827
4828 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4829 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4830 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4831 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4832 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4833 ///
4834 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4835 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4837 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4838 return true;
4839 }
4840
4841 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4842 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4843 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4844 return true;
4845 }
4846
4847 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4848 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4849 // writing this) is:
4850 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4851 // AddAnd:
4852 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4853 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4854 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4855 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4856 // ABS:
4857 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4858 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4859 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4860 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4861 //
4862 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4863 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4864 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4866 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4868 }
4869
4870 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4871 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4872 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4873 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4874 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4875 return true;
4876 }
4877
4878 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4879 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4880 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4881 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4882 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4883 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4884 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4885 }
4886
4887 /// Overload that takes the specific node being optimized.
4888 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(SDNode *N, EVT VT) const {
4889 return isTypeDesirableForOp(N->getOpcode(), VT);
4890 }
4891
4892 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4893 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4894 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4895 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4896 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4897 return false;
4898 }
4899
4900 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4901 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4902 /// promotion type by reference.
4903 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4904 return false;
4905 }
4906
4907 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4908 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4909 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4910 return false;
4911 }
4912
4913 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4914 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4915 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4916 return false;
4917 }
4918
4919 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4920 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4921
4922 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4923 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4924
4925 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4926 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4927 /// selection.
4928 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4929 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4930 }
4931
4932 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4933 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4934 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4935 /// of instruction selection.
4937 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4938 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4939 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4940 }
4941
4942 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4943 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4944 /// do the negation.
4945 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4946 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4947 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4948 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4949
4951 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4952 const NegatibleCost CostThreshold = NegatibleCost::Neutral,
4953 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4955 SDValue Neg =
4956 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4957 if (!Neg)
4958 return SDValue();
4959
4960 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4961 return Neg;
4962
4963 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4964 if (Neg->use_empty())
4965 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4966 return SDValue();
4967 }
4968
4969 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4970 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4972 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4973 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4974 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4976 }
4977
4978 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4979 /// the cost is not expensive.
4981 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4983 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4984 }
4985
4986 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4987 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4988 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4989 //
4990
4991 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4992 /// storing a legal type
4994 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4995 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4996 return false;
4997 }
4998
4999 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
5000 virtual SDValue
5002 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
5003 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
5004 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
5005 return SDValue();
5006 }
5007
5008 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
5009 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
5010 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
5011 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5013 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5014 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5015 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
5016 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5017 }
5018
5019 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
5020 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
5021 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
5022 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5023 return SDValue();
5024 }
5025
5026 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
5027 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
5028
5029 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
5030 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
5031 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
5036
5037 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
5038 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
5039 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
5040 /// implementation.
5043 /// Original unlegalized return type.
5044 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
5045 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
5046 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
5047 bool RetSExt : 1;
5048 bool RetZExt : 1;
5049 bool IsVarArg : 1;
5050 bool IsInReg : 1;
5056 bool NoMerge : 1;
5057
5058 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
5059 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
5060 bool IsTailCall = false;
5061
5062 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
5064
5065 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
5071 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
5076 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
5079
5080 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
5081
5087
5089 DL = dl;
5090 return *this;
5091 }
5092
5094 Chain = InChain;
5095 return *this;
5096 }
5097
5098 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
5100 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5101 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
5102 std::move(ArgsList));
5103 }
5104
5106 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
5107 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5108 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
5109 RetTy = ResultType;
5110 Callee = Target;
5111 CallConv = CC;
5112 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5113 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5114
5115 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
5116 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
5117 return *this;
5118 }
5119
5121 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5122 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
5123 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5124 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
5125 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
5126 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
5127 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
5128
5129 Callee = Target;
5130 CallConv = CC;
5131 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5132 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5133 return *this;
5134 }
5135
5137 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5138 const CallBase &Call) {
5139 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5140
5141 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
5143 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
5144 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
5145 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
5146 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
5147 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
5148 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
5149 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
5150
5151 Callee = Target;
5152
5153 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
5154 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
5155 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5156
5157 CB = &Call;
5158
5159 return *this;
5160 }
5161
5163 IsInReg = Value;
5164 return *this;
5165 }
5166
5169 return *this;
5170 }
5171
5173 IsVarArg = Value;
5174 return *this;
5175 }
5176
5178 IsTailCall = Value;
5179 return *this;
5180 }
5181
5184 return *this;
5185 }
5186
5189 return *this;
5190 }
5191
5193 RetSExt = Value;
5194 return *this;
5195 }
5196
5198 RetZExt = Value;
5199 return *this;
5200 }
5201
5204 return *this;
5205 }
5206
5209 return *this;
5210 }
5211
5213 PAI = Value;
5214 return *this;
5215 }
5216
5219 return *this;
5220 }
5221
5223 CFIType = Type;
5224 return *this;
5225 }
5226
5229 return *this;
5230 }
5231
5233 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5234 return *this;
5235 }
5236
5238 return Args;
5239 }
5240 };
5241
5242 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5244 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5245 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5249
5250 bool IsSigned : 1;
5254 bool IsSoften : 1;
5255
5259
5261 IsSigned = Value;
5262 return *this;
5263 }
5264
5267 return *this;
5268 }
5269
5272 return *this;
5273 }
5274
5277 return *this;
5278 }
5279
5281 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5282 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5283 IsSoften = true;
5284 return *this;
5285 }
5286
5287 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5288 /// the type from the operand's node.
5290 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5291 return *this;
5292 }
5293 };
5294
5295 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5296 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5297 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5298 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5299 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5300
5301 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5302 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5303 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5304 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5305 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5306 virtual SDValue
5308 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5309 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5310 }
5311
5312 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5313 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5314
5315 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5316 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5317 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5318 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5319 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5320 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5321 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5322 {
5323 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5324 return true;
5325 }
5326
5327 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5328 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5329 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5330
5331 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5332 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5333 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5334 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5335 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5336 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5337 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5338 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5339 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5340 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5341 }
5342
5343 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5344 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5345 ///
5346 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5347 /// tail call at legalization time.
5348 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5349 return false;
5350 }
5351
5352 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5353 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5354 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5355 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5356 return false;
5357 }
5358
5359 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5360 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5361 /// so the default action is to bail.
5362 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5363 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5364 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5365 }
5366
5367 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5368 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5369 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5370 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5371 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5372 /// necessary information.
5374 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5375 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(Context, MVT::i32);
5376 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5377 }
5378
5379 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5380 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5381 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5382 virtual bool
5384 bool isVarArg,
5385 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5386 return false;
5387 }
5388
5389 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5390 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5391 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5392 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5393 virtual bool
5395 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5396 }
5397
5398 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5399 /// scratch registers.
5401 return nullptr;
5402 }
5403
5404 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5405 /// attached into strict FP call.
5409
5410 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5411 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5412 ///
5413 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5414 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5415 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5416 /// implementation does nothing.
5418 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5419 return Chain;
5420 }
5421
5422 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5423 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5424 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5425 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5426 /// use this callback.
5427 ///
5428 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5429 ///
5430 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5431 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5432 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5433 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5434 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5435 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5437 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5438
5439 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5440 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5441 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5442 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5443 /// aborts.
5444 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5445
5446 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5447 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5448 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5449 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5450 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5451 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5452 ///
5453 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5454 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5455 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5456 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5457 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5458 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5459 }
5460
5461 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5462 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5463
5464 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5465 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5467 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5468 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5469 return nullptr;
5470 }
5471
5472 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5473 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5474 //
5475
5477 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5478 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5479 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5480 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5481 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5482 C_Other, // Something else.
5483 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5484 };
5485
5487 // Generic weights.
5488 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5489 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5490 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5491 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5492 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5493
5494 // Well-known weights.
5495 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5496 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5497 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5498 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5499 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5500 };
5501
5502 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5504 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5505 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5506 /// matches the operand.
5507 std::string ConstraintCode;
5508
5509 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5510 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5512
5513 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5514 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5515 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5517
5518 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5519 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5520
5521 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5524
5525 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5526 /// like "4".
5527 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5528
5529 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5530 /// operand it matches.
5531 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5532 };
5533
5534 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5535
5536 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5537 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5538 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5539 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5541 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5542 const CallBase &Call) const;
5543
5544 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5545 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5547 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5548
5549 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5550 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5552 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5553
5554 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5555 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5556 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5557 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5558 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5559 SDValue Op,
5560 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5561
5562 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5563 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5564
5565 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5567 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5568 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5569 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5570 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5571 /// preferences.
5573
5574 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5575 /// number and the register class for the register.
5576 ///
5577 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5578 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5579 /// pointer.
5580 ///
5581 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5582 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5583 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5585 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5586
5588 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5589 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5591 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5593 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5595 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5598 }
5599
5600 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5601 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5602 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5603 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5604
5605 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5606 /// add anything to Ops.
5607 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5608 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5609 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5610
5611 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5612 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5613 const SDLoc &DL,
5614 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5615 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5616
5617 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5618 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5619 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5621 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5622
5623 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5624 // Div utility functions
5625 //
5626
5627 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5628 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5629 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5630 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5631 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5632 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5633 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5634 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5635 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5636 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5637
5638 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5639 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5640 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5641 /// operations.
5642 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5643 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5644 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5645
5646 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5647 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5648 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5649 /// operations.
5650 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5651 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5652 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5653
5654 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5655 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5656 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5657 /// that must exist.
5658 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5659 return 0;
5660 }
5661
5662 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5663 /// roots.
5664
5665 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5666 /// operand.
5667 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5668 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5669 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5670 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5671 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5672 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5673 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5674 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5675 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5676 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5677 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5678 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5679 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5681 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5682 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5683 return SDValue();
5684 }
5685
5686 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5687 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5688 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5689 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5690 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5691 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5692
5693 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5694 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5695 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5696 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5697 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5698 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5699 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5700 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5701 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5702 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5704 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5705 return SDValue();
5706 }
5707
5708 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5709 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5710 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5711 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5712 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5713 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5714 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5715
5716 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5717 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5719 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5720 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5721 }
5722
5723 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5724 // Legalization utility functions
5725 //
5726
5727 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5728 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5729 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5730 /// in little-endian order.
5731 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5732 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5733 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5734 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5735 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5736 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5737 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5738 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5739 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5740 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5741 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5742
5743 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5744 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5745 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5746 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5747 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5748 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5749 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5750 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5751 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5752 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5753 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5754 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5755 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5756
5757 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5758 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5759 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5760 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5761 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5762 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5763 /// \param N Node to expand
5764 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5765 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5766 /// by the remainder parts.
5767 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5768 /// half of VT.
5769 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5770 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5771 /// the LHS.
5772 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5773 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5774 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5775 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5776 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5777 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5778
5779 /// Expand funnel shift.
5780 /// \param N Node to expand
5781 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5782 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5783
5784 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5785 /// \param N Node to expand
5786 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5787 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5788
5789 /// Expand MODF node into fractional and integer parts.
5790 /// \param N Node to expand
5791 /// \param Results Vector to store the resulting fractional and integer parts
5792 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5793 bool expandMODF(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5795
5796 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5797 /// \param N Node to expand
5798 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5799 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5800
5801 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5802 /// \param N Node to expand
5803 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5804 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5805
5806 /// Expand rotations.
5807 /// \param N Node to expand
5808 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5809 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5810 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5811 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5812
5813 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5814 /// \param N Node to expand
5815 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5816 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5817 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5818 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5819
5820 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5821 /// \param N Node to expand
5822 /// \param Result output after conversion
5823 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5824 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5825
5826 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5827 /// \param N Node to expand
5828 /// \param Result output after conversion
5829 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5830 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5831 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5832 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5833
5834 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5835 /// \param N Node to expand
5836 /// \param Result output after conversion
5837 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5838 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5839 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5840 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5841
5842 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5843 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5844
5845 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5846 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5847
5848 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5849 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5850
5851 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5852 /// \param N Node to expand
5853 /// \returns The expansion result
5854 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5855
5856 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5857 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5858 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5859 /// \param Op The value to round.
5860 /// \returns The expansion result
5861 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5862 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5863
5864 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5865 /// \param N Node to expand
5866 /// \returns The expansion result
5867 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5868
5869 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5870 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5871 /// \param Op The tested value.
5872 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5873 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5874 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5875 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5876 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5877 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5878
5879 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5880 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5881 /// \returns The expansion result
5882 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5883
5884 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5885 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5886 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5887 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5888
5889 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5890 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5891 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5892 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5893 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5894
5895 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5896 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5897 /// \param N Node to expand
5898 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5899 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5900
5901 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5902 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5903 /// \param N Node to expand
5904 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5905 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5906
5907 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5908 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5909 /// \param N Node to expand
5910 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5911 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5912
5913 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5914 /// \param N Node to expand
5915 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5916 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5917 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5918
5919 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5920 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5921 /// \param N Node to expand
5922 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5923 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5924
5925 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5926 /// \param N Node to expand
5927 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5928 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5929
5930 /// Expand VECTOR_MATCH nodes.
5931 /// \param N Node to expand
5932 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5933 SDValue expandVectorMatch(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5934
5935 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5936 /// \param N Node to expand
5937 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5938 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5939
5940 /// Expand GET_ACTIVE_LANE_MASK nodes
5941 /// \param N Node to expand
5942 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5943 SDValue expandGetActiveLaneMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5944
5945 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5946 /// \param N Node to expand
5947 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5948 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5949
5950 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5951 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5952 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5953 /// \param N Node to expand
5954 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5955 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5956 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5957 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5958
5959 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5960 /// \param N Node to expand
5961 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5962 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5963
5964 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5965 /// \param N Node to expand
5966 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5967 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5968
5969 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5970 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5971 /// \param N Node to expand
5972 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5973 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5974
5975 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5976 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5977 /// \param N Node to expand
5978 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5979 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5980
5981 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5982 /// \param LD load to expand
5983 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5984 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5985 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5986
5987 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5988 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5989 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5991
5992 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5993 /// possibly more for vectors.
5994 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5995 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5996
5997 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5998 /// possibly more for vectors.
5999 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6000
6001 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
6002 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
6003 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
6004 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
6005 /// in the \p Mask.
6006 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
6007 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
6008 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
6009 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6010 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
6011
6012 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
6013 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
6014 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
6015 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
6016 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
6017 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
6018 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
6019 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
6020
6021 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
6022 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
6023 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
6024 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
6025 /// location large enough for the vector.
6027 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
6028 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
6031 }
6032
6033 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
6034 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
6035 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
6036 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
6037 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
6038 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
6039 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
6040 SDValue
6041 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
6042 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
6043 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
6044
6045 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
6046 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6047 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6048
6049 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
6050 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6051 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6052
6053 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
6054 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
6055 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6056
6057 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
6058 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6059 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6060
6061 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
6062 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6063 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6064
6065 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
6066 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6067 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
6068 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
6069 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
6071 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6072
6073 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6074 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6075 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6076 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6077
6078 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6079 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6080 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6081 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6082
6083 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
6084 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6085 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6086 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6087
6088 // Expand ISD::MULH[SU]. Can expand to MUL_LOHI or wide MUL if available.
6089 SDValue expandMULH(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6090
6091 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
6092 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
6093 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
6094 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6095 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6097 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
6098 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
6099
6100 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
6101 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
6102 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
6103 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6104 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6105 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
6106 SDValue &Hi) const;
6107
6108 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
6109 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
6110 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6111
6112 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
6113 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6114
6115 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
6116 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
6117 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6118
6119 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
6120 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
6121 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6122
6123 /// Expand a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE without introducing wider vector types.
6124 void expandVectorInterleave(SDNode *Node, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Results,
6125 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6126
6127 /// Expand a VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE without introducing wider vector types.
6128 void expandVectorDeinterleave(SDNode *Node, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Results,
6129 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6130
6131 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
6132 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
6133 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6134
6135 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
6136 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
6137 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6138
6139 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
6140 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
6141 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6142
6143 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
6144 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
6145 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
6146 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
6147 /// value.
6148 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
6149 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
6151 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
6152
6153 /// Legalize a SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC on the
6154 /// current target.
6155 ///
6156 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
6157 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
6158 /// will be set to false.
6159 ///
6160 /// If the SETCC has been legalized by using getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then
6161 /// the values of LHS and RHS will be swapped, CC will be set to the new
6162 /// condition, and NeedInvert will be set to false.
6163 ///
6164 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode, then LHS and
6165 /// RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode, and
6166 /// NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of the
6167 /// SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to swap
6168 /// the effect of a true/false result.
6169 ///
6170 /// \returns true if the SETCC has been legalized, false if it hasn't.
6171 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6172 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, bool &NeedInvert,
6173 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue &Chain,
6174 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6175
6176 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6177 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6178 //
6179
6180 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6181 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6182 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6183 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6184 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6185 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6186 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6187 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6188 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6189 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6190
6191 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6192 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6193 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6194 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6195 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6196 SDNode *Node) const;
6197
6198 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6199 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6200 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6201
6203 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6204 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6205 }
6206
6207 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6208 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6209 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6210
6211 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6212 /// expansion.
6213 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6214 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6215 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6216
6217 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6218 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6219 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6220 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6221 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6222
6223 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6225 return true;
6226 }
6227
6228 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6229 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6230 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6231
6232 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6233 ///
6234 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6235 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6236 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6237 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6238 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6239 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6240 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6241 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6242 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6243
6244protected:
6245 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6246 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6247
6248private:
6249 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6250 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6251 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6252 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6253 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6254 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6255
6256 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6258 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6259 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6260
6261 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6262 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6263 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6264 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6265
6266 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6267 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6268 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6269 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6270 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6271 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6272 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6273
6274 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6275 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6276 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6277 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6278 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6279 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6280 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6281
6282 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6283 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6284 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6285
6286 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6288 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6289 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6290};
6291
6292/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6293/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6294/// being lowered to memory.
6295LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6296 AttributeList attr,
6297 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6298 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6299
6300} // end namespace llvm
6301
6302#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
uint64_t uint64_t
uint64_t Imm
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:857
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< ShadowStackGC > C("shadow-stack", "Very portable GC for uncooperative code generators")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:211
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:334
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
const uint64_t BitWidth
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1508
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isElementwise() const
Return true if this RMW has elementwise vector semantics.
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:406
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
AttrKind
This enumeration lists the attributes that can be associated with parameters, function results,...
Definition Attributes.h:125
@ None
No attributes have been set.
Definition Attributes.h:127
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:44
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:717
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:317
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:766
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:111
Class to represent integer types.
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:76
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget or function.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:68
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
LLVM_ABI void setExtAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Attr)
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue(), Attribute::AttrKind ExtAttr=Attribute::None)
ArgListEntry(SDValue Node, Type *Ty, Attribute::AttrKind ExtAttr=Attribute::None)
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual IntegerType * getCmpLibcallReturnType(LLVMContext &Ctx) const
Return the integer type returned by comparison libcalls.
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment, uint64_t SizeInBytes) const
Return true if the target supports an atomic access of SizeInBytes bytes at the given Alignment.
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &Imm, EVT VT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the specified FP immediate can be materialized without a load from the constant pool.
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy.
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
virtual Value * emitCanLoadSpeculatively(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Ptr, Value *Size) const
Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is safe.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor Factor ...
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual ExtractSubvectorCost getExtractSubvectorCost(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type ResVT from a vector of type SrcVT,...
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
void setVectorInterleaveAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, ArrayRef< unsigned > Factors, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and f...
LegalizeAction getVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and VT sh...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
ExtractSubvectorCost
Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
FPImmAction
How the legalizer should materialize a floating-point immediate.
@ ConstantPool
Load the immediate from the constant pool.
@ Bitcast
Build the immediate as a bitcast of an integer constant with the same bits.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns how the legalizer should materialize the specified FP immediate.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
virtual bool preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() const
Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken down into legal vector parts i...
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual bool fenceClearsLoadLinkedReservation() const
Whether a fence between the load-linked and the store-conditional can clear the reservation.
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual bool optimizeVectorCrossLaneOperation(Instruction *I, Loop *L) const
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isProfitableToFoldVScaleAdd(SDValue N) const
fold (A + vscale(C1)) + vscale(C2) -> A + vscale(C1+C2) If (A + vscale(C1)) is used multiple times,...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(SDNode *N, EVT VT) const
Overload that takes the specific node being optimized.
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:283
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt32Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:299
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:277
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:252
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:257
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:43
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:277
@ AVGSUBFLOORS
AVGSUBFLOORS/AVGSUBFLOORU - Averaging subtract - Subtract two integers using an integer of type i[N+1...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:733
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:397
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:296
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:527
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:266
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:403
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:879
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:420
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:796
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:410
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:870
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:725
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ VECTOR_INTERLEAVE
VECTOR_INTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor to...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:640
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:377
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:682
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:351
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:714
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:787
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Same as FMINNUM/FMAXNUM, except that a signaling NaN operand deterministi...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:876
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minnum/maxnum intrinsics.
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:745
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:416
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:483
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:482
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minimum/maximum intrinsics.
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:952
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:757
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:720
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:306
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:691
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:368
@ VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE
VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:629
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minimumnum/maximumnum intrinsics.
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:740
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:66
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition CodeGenData.h:33
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:577
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1775
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:139
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:332
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1606
constexpr bool isPowerOf2_32(uint32_t Value)
Return true if the argument is a power of two > 0.
Definition MathExtras.h:280
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:227
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:230
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
@ Fast
Assign the register banks as fast as possible (default).
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:656
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1619
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1933
ExceptionHandling
Definition CodeGen.h:54
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:878
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:82
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isFixedLengthVector() const
Definition ValueTypes.h:199
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
unsigned getVectorNumElements() const
Given a vector type, return the number of elements it contains.
Definition ValueTypes.h:359
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:111
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)